1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
40 #include "coff/symconst.h"
41 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
42 #include "coff/mips.h"
46 /* This structure is used to hold .got entries while estimating got
50 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
52 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
53 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
57 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
59 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
60 that should be added to the symbol value. */
62 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
63 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
65 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
67 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
68 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
69 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
73 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
77 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
79 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
80 /* The number of global .got entries. */
81 unsigned int global_gotno
;
82 /* The number of local .got entries. */
83 unsigned int local_gotno
;
84 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
85 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
86 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
87 struct htab
*got_entries
;
88 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
89 unless multi-got was necessary. */
91 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
92 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
93 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
96 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
98 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
{
100 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
103 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
104 create and merge bfd's gots. */
106 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
108 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
110 /* The output bfd. */
112 /* The link information. */
113 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
114 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
115 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
117 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
118 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
120 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
121 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
123 unsigned int max_count
;
124 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
125 unsigned int primary_count
;
126 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
127 unsigned int current_count
;
130 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
132 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
134 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
136 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
137 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
140 struct _mips_elf_section_data
142 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
145 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
150 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
151 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
153 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
154 the dynamic symbols. */
156 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
158 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
160 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
161 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
163 long min_got_dynindx
;
164 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
165 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
166 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary
168 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
169 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
170 symbol without a GOT entry. */
171 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
174 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
175 the global hash table. */
177 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
179 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
181 /* External symbol information. */
184 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
186 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
188 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
189 a readonly section. */
190 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc
;
192 /* The index of the first dynamic relocation (in the .rel.dyn
193 section) against this symbol. */
194 unsigned int min_dyn_reloc_index
;
196 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
197 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
198 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
200 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
;
202 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
203 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
206 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
207 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
208 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub
;
210 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
211 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
214 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
215 being called returns a floating point value. */
216 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
218 /* Are we forced local? .*/
219 bfd_boolean forced_local
;
222 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
224 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
226 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
228 /* We no longer use this. */
229 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
230 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
232 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
233 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
234 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
235 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
236 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
237 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
238 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
239 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
241 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
242 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
245 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
250 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
251 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
252 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
256 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
258 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
261 "_procedure_string_table",
262 "_procedure_table_size",
266 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
271 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
272 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
273 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
274 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
275 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
276 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
285 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
286 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
287 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
291 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
292 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
293 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
294 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
295 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
296 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
301 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
302 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
303 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
304 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
305 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
313 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
319 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
321 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
323 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
324 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
325 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
326 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
327 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
328 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
329 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
330 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
332 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
333 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
334 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
335 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
336 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
338 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
339 has different meaning for each type:
342 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
343 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
344 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
345 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
348 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
349 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
350 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
351 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
353 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
354 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
355 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
356 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
358 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
359 loader for use by the static exception system. */
361 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
362 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
363 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
364 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
365 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
366 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
367 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
368 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
369 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
370 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
372 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
374 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
375 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
377 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
378 PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*, struct bfd_hash_table
*, const char *));
379 static void ecoff_swap_rpdr_out
380 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const RPDR
*, struct rpdr_ext
*));
381 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_procedure_table
382 PARAMS ((PTR
, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*,
383 struct ecoff_debug_info
*));
384 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
385 PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, PTR
));
386 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in
387 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_External_gptab
*, Elf32_gptab
*));
388 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out
389 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_gptab
*, Elf32_External_gptab
*));
390 static void bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out
391 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_compact_rel
*, Elf32_External_compact_rel
*));
392 static void bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out
393 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_crinfo
*, Elf32_External_crinfo
*));
395 static void bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_in
396 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_External_Msym
*, Elf32_Internal_Msym
*));
398 static void bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
399 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_Internal_Msym
*, Elf32_External_Msym
*));
400 static int sort_dynamic_relocs
401 PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
402 static int sort_dynamic_relocs_64
403 PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
404 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_output_extsym
405 PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, PTR
));
406 static int gptab_compare
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
407 static asection
* mips_elf_rel_dyn_section
PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd_boolean
));
408 static asection
* mips_elf_got_section
PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd_boolean
));
409 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_info
410 PARAMS ((bfd
*, asection
**));
411 static long mips_elf_get_global_gotsym_index
PARAMS ((bfd
*abfd
));
412 static bfd_vma mips_elf_local_got_index
413 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
));
414 static bfd_vma mips_elf_global_got_index
415 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
416 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_page
417 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
*));
418 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got16_entry
419 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_boolean
));
420 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_offset_from_index
421 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
));
422 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
423 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
));
424 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table
425 PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info
*, unsigned long));
426 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
427 PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, PTR
));
428 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol
429 PARAMS ((bfd
*, long, bfd_vma
, struct mips_got_info
*));
430 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol
431 PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
432 struct mips_got_info
*));
433 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*mips_elf_next_relocation
434 PARAMS ((bfd
*, unsigned int, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
435 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*));
436 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_local_relocation_p
437 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, asection
**, bfd_boolean
));
438 static bfd_vma mips_elf_sign_extend
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
, int));
439 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_overflow_p
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
, int));
440 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
));
441 static bfd_vma mips_elf_higher
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
));
442 static bfd_vma mips_elf_highest
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
));
443 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
444 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*));
445 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_got_section
446 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_boolean
));
447 static asection
*mips_elf_create_msym_section
449 static bfd_reloc_status_type mips_elf_calculate_relocation
450 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
451 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_vma
, reloc_howto_type
*,
452 Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, const char **,
453 bfd_boolean
*, bfd_boolean
));
454 static bfd_vma mips_elf_obtain_contents
455 PARAMS ((reloc_howto_type
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd
*, bfd_byte
*));
456 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_perform_relocation
457 PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info
*, reloc_howto_type
*,
458 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_vma
, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
460 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
461 PARAMS ((bfd
*, asection
*));
462 static void mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
463 PARAMS ((bfd
*, unsigned int));
464 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
465 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
466 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*,
467 bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
*, asection
*));
468 static void mips_set_isa_flags
PARAMS ((bfd
*));
469 static INLINE
char* elf_mips_abi_name
PARAMS ((bfd
*));
470 static void mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol
471 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*));
472 static bfd_boolean mips_mach_extends_p
PARAMS ((unsigned long, unsigned long));
473 static bfd_boolean mips_32bit_flags_p
PARAMS ((flagword
));
474 static INLINE hashval_t mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
));
475 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
PARAMS ((const PTR
));
476 static int mips_elf_got_entry_eq
PARAMS ((const PTR
, const PTR
));
478 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_multi_got
479 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, struct mips_got_info
*,
480 asection
*, bfd_size_type
));
481 static hashval_t mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
PARAMS ((const PTR
));
482 static int mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
PARAMS ((const PTR
, const PTR
));
483 static hashval_t mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
PARAMS ((const PTR
));
484 static int mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
PARAMS ((const PTR
, const PTR
));
485 static int mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
PARAMS ((void **, void *));
486 static int mips_elf_merge_gots
PARAMS ((void **, void *));
487 static int mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
PARAMS ((void**, void *));
488 static int mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
PARAMS ((void**, void *));
489 static void mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries
490 PARAMS ((struct mips_got_info
*));
491 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
492 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*));
493 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
494 PARAMS ((struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*));
496 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
497 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
499 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
501 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
502 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
504 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
505 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
506 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
508 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
509 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
511 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
512 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
513 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
515 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
516 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
517 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
519 /* The name of the options section. */
520 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
521 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
523 /* The name of the stub section. */
524 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
525 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.stubs" : ".stub")
527 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
528 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
529 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
531 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
532 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
533 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
535 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
536 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
537 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
539 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
540 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
541 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
543 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
544 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
545 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->file_align == 8 ? 3 : 2)
547 /* Get word-sized data. */
548 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
549 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
551 /* Put out word-sized data. */
552 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
554 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
555 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
557 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
559 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
560 (ABI_64_P (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj) \
561 ? bfd_elf64_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val) \
562 : bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val))
564 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
565 (ABI_64_P (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj) \
566 ? (abort (), FALSE) \
567 : bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val))
570 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
571 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
573 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
574 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
575 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
576 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
577 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
578 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
579 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
580 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
581 section, that is RELA. */
582 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
583 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
584 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
585 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
586 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
587 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
588 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
590 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
591 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
592 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
594 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
595 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
597 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
598 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (0x7ff0)
600 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
602 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(abfd) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) + 0x7fff)
604 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. For some reason the stub is
605 slightly different on an SGI system. */
606 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
608 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
609 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
610 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
611 (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? 0x03e07825 : 0x03e07821) /* move t7,ra */
612 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jal t9 */
613 #define STUB_LI16(abfd) \
614 (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? 0x34180000 : 0x24180000) /* ori t8,zero,0 */
615 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
617 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
620 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
621 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
622 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
623 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
626 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
627 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
628 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
629 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
630 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
631 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
632 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
633 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
635 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
636 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
638 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
640 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
641 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
644 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
645 floating point arguments.
647 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
648 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
649 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
650 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
651 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
652 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
653 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
654 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
656 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
657 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
658 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
659 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
660 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
661 stub should be discarded.
663 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
664 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
665 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
666 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
667 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
668 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
669 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
672 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
673 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
674 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
676 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
678 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
679 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
680 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
682 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
684 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
685 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
686 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
689 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
691 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
692 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
694 (bfd_boolean (*) PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR))) (func), \
697 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
699 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
700 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
702 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
704 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
705 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
)
706 struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
;
707 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
;
710 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
711 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
713 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
715 if (ret
== (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) NULL
)
716 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
717 bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
718 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
)));
719 if (ret
== (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) NULL
)
720 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
722 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
723 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
724 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
726 if (ret
!= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) NULL
)
728 /* Set local fields. */
729 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
730 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
731 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
733 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
734 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
735 ret
->min_dyn_reloc_index
= 0;
736 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
738 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
739 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
740 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
741 ret
->forced_local
= FALSE
;
744 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
748 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
)
752 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
753 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
755 sdata
= (struct _mips_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
758 sec
->used_by_bfd
= (PTR
) sdata
;
760 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
763 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
764 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
767 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, section
, debug
)
770 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
773 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
774 char *ext_hdr
= NULL
;
776 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
777 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
779 ext_hdr
= (char *) bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
780 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
783 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, (file_ptr
) 0,
784 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
787 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
788 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
790 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
792 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
793 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
797 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
798 debug->ptr = (type) bfd_malloc (amt); \
799 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
801 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
802 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
806 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
807 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, PTR
);
808 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, PTR
);
809 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, PTR
);
810 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, PTR
);
811 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
813 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
814 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
815 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, PTR
);
816 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, PTR
);
817 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, PTR
);
821 debug
->adjust
= NULL
;
828 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
830 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
831 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
832 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
833 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
834 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
835 free (debug
->external_sym
);
836 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
837 free (debug
->external_opt
);
838 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
839 free (debug
->external_aux
);
840 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
842 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
844 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
845 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
846 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
847 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
848 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
849 free (debug
->external_ext
);
853 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
856 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
861 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
862 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
863 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
864 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
865 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
866 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
868 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
869 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
871 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
873 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->exception_info
, ex
->p_exception_info
);
877 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
880 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (handle
, abfd
, info
, s
, debug
)
883 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
885 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
887 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
888 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
890 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
892 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
893 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
898 unsigned long sindex
;
902 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
910 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
912 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
916 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
918 epdr
= (struct pdr_ext
*) bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
922 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (PTR
) epdr
))
925 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
926 rp
= rpdr
= (RPDR
*) bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
930 size
= sizeof (char *);
931 sv
= (char **) bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
935 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
936 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
937 esym
= (struct sym_ext
*) bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
941 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (PTR
) esym
))
945 ss
= (char *) bfd_malloc (count
);
948 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (PTR
) ss
))
952 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
954 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, (PTR
) (epdr
+ i
), &pdr
);
955 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, (PTR
) &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
957 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
958 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
959 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
960 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
961 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
962 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
963 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
965 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
966 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
970 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
971 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
972 rtproc
= (PTR
) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
975 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
979 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
981 erp
= (struct rpdr_ext
*) rtproc
;
982 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
984 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
985 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
986 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
987 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
989 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
991 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
993 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
995 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
997 s
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) rtproc
;
999 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1000 matters, but someday it might). */
1001 s
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
1030 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1034 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (h
, data
)
1035 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1036 PTR data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
1038 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1039 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1041 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1042 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1044 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1045 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1046 being included in the link. */
1047 h
->fn_stub
->_raw_size
= 0;
1048 h
->fn_stub
->_cooked_size
= 0;
1049 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1050 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1051 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1054 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1055 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1057 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1058 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1059 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1060 h
->call_stub
->_raw_size
= 0;
1061 h
->call_stub
->_cooked_size
= 0;
1062 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1063 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1064 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1067 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1068 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1070 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1071 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1072 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1073 h
->call_fp_stub
->_raw_size
= 0;
1074 h
->call_fp_stub
->_cooked_size
= 0;
1075 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1076 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1077 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1083 bfd_reloc_status_type
1084 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (abfd
, symbol
, reloc_entry
, input_section
,
1085 relocateable
, data
, gp
)
1088 arelent
*reloc_entry
;
1089 asection
*input_section
;
1090 bfd_boolean relocateable
;
1098 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1101 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1103 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1104 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1106 if (reloc_entry
->address
> input_section
->_cooked_size
)
1107 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1109 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1111 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1112 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->src_mask
== 0)
1114 /* This case occurs with the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
1115 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1119 val
= ((insn
& 0xffff) + reloc_entry
->addend
) & 0xffff;
1124 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1125 are producing relocateable output, we don't want to do this for
1126 an external symbol. */
1128 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1129 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
1131 insn
= (insn
& ~0xffff) | (val
& 0xffff);
1132 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1135 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1137 else if ((long) val
>= 0x8000 || (long) val
< -0x8000)
1138 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1140 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1143 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1144 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1147 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1149 const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
;
1152 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1153 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1157 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1159 const Elf32_gptab
*in
;
1160 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
;
1162 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1163 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1167 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1169 const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
;
1170 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
;
1172 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
1173 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
1174 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
1175 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
1176 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
1177 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
1181 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1183 const Elf32_crinfo
*in
;
1184 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
;
1188 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
1189 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
1190 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
1191 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
1192 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
1193 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
1194 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
1198 /* Swap in an MSYM entry. */
1201 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1203 const Elf32_External_Msym
*ex
;
1204 Elf32_Internal_Msym
*in
;
1206 in
->ms_hash_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ms_hash_value
);
1207 in
->ms_info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ms_info
);
1210 /* Swap out an MSYM entry. */
1213 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1215 const Elf32_Internal_Msym
*in
;
1216 Elf32_External_Msym
*ex
;
1218 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ms_hash_value
, ex
->ms_hash_value
);
1219 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ms_info
, ex
->ms_info
);
1222 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1223 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1224 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1227 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1229 const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
;
1232 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1233 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1234 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1235 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1236 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1237 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1241 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1243 const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
;
1244 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
;
1246 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1247 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1248 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1249 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1250 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1251 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1254 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1255 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1256 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1257 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1258 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1261 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1263 const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
;
1264 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
;
1266 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1267 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1268 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1269 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1270 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1271 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1272 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1276 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1278 const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
;
1279 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
;
1281 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1282 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1283 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1284 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1285 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1286 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1287 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1290 /* Swap in an options header. */
1293 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1295 const Elf_External_Options
*ex
;
1296 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
;
1298 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
1299 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
1300 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
1301 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
1304 /* Swap out an options header. */
1307 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1309 const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
;
1310 Elf_External_Options
*ex
;
1312 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
1313 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
1314 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
1315 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
1318 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1319 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1322 sort_dynamic_relocs (arg1
, arg2
)
1326 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
1327 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
1329 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
1330 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
1332 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
1335 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1338 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (arg1
, arg2
)
1342 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
1343 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
1345 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1346 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
1347 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1348 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
1350 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
)
1351 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
));
1355 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1356 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1357 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1358 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1359 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1360 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1361 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1362 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1363 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1364 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1365 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1366 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1367 when generating a final executable. */
1370 mips_elf_output_extsym (h
, data
)
1371 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1374 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= (struct extsym_info
*) data
;
1376 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
1378 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1379 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1381 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
1383 else if (((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0
1384 || (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
1385 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0
1386 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
) == 0)
1388 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
1389 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
1390 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
1391 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1392 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
1400 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
1403 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
1404 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
1405 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
1406 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
1407 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1408 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
1410 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
1411 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
1415 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1417 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
1418 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
1419 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
1421 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1422 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1423 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1425 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
1427 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1428 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1429 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
1430 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
1432 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
1434 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1435 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1436 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
1439 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1441 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1442 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1443 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1448 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1449 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1451 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1452 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1453 if (output_section
== NULL
)
1454 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1457 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
1459 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
1460 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
1461 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
1462 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1463 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
1464 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
1465 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
1466 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
1467 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
1468 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
1469 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1470 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
1471 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1472 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
1473 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
1474 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
1475 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
1477 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1481 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
1482 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
1485 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1486 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
1487 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1488 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1490 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
1491 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1492 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
1493 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1495 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1496 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1497 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1498 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1499 + sec
->output_offset
1500 + output_section
->vma
);
1502 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1504 else if ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) != 0)
1506 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
1507 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
= h
->no_fn_stub
;
1509 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1511 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1512 no_fn_stub
= no_fn_stub
|| hd
->no_fn_stub
;
1517 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1518 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
1519 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1521 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1524 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1525 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1526 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
1527 + sec
->output_offset
1528 + output_section
->vma
);
1530 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1538 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
1539 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1542 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1549 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1552 gptab_compare (p1
, p2
)
1556 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= (const Elf32_gptab
*) p1
;
1557 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= (const Elf32_gptab
*) p2
;
1559 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
1562 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1564 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1567 static INLINE hashval_t
1568 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (addr
)
1572 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
1578 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1579 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1583 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (entry_
)
1586 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1588 return entry
->symndx
1589 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1591 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
1592 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
1596 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (entry1
, entry2
)
1600 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1601 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1603 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1604 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1605 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1606 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1609 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1610 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1611 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1615 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (entry_
)
1618 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1620 return entry
->symndx
1622 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1623 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
1625 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
1626 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
1630 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (entry1
, entry2
)
1634 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1635 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1637 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1638 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1639 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
1640 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1641 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1644 /* Returns the dynamic relocation section for DYNOBJ. */
1647 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, create_p
)
1649 bfd_boolean create_p
;
1651 static const char dname
[] = ".rel.dyn";
1654 sreloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, dname
);
1655 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
1657 sreloc
= bfd_make_section (dynobj
, dname
);
1659 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1664 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1666 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1673 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
1676 mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, maybe_excluded
)
1678 bfd_boolean maybe_excluded
;
1680 asection
*sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1682 || (! maybe_excluded
&& (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0))
1687 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
1688 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
1691 static struct mips_got_info
*
1692 mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, sgotp
)
1697 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1699 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
1700 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
1701 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
1702 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
1703 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1706 *sgotp
= (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0 ? sgot
: NULL
;
1711 /* Obtain the lowest dynamic index of a symbol that was assigned a
1712 global GOT entry. */
1714 mips_elf_get_global_gotsym_index (abfd
)
1718 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1723 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
1724 if (sgot
== NULL
|| mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) == NULL
)
1727 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
1728 if (g
== NULL
|| g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
1731 return g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
1734 /* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
1735 If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. Returns
1736 -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */
1739 mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, ibfd
, info
, value
)
1741 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1745 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1746 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1748 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1750 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
);
1752 return entry
->gotidx
;
1757 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
1760 mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, ibfd
, h
)
1762 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1766 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
1767 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
1769 gg
= g
= mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, &sgot
);
1770 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
1772 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
1774 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
1776 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
1781 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
1783 p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
1785 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
1790 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
1791 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
1793 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
1794 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
1795 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
1797 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
1798 index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
1799 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
1800 BFD_ASSERT (index
< sgot
->_raw_size
);
1805 /* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries
1806 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
1807 within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page,
1808 and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
1809 OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */
1812 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, ibfd
, info
, value
, offsetp
)
1814 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1819 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1821 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1823 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1825 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
1827 & (~(bfd_vma
)0xffff));
1832 index
= entry
->gotidx
;
1835 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
1840 /* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
1841 for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */
1844 mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, info
, value
, external
)
1846 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1848 bfd_boolean external
;
1851 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1852 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1856 /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
1857 want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is
1858 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
1860 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
1863 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1865 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
);
1867 return entry
->gotidx
;
1872 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
1876 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, input_bfd
, index
)
1884 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1886 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
1887 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
1888 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, g
, input_bfd
);
1890 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ index
- gp
;
1893 /* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry,
1894 or -1 if it could not be created. */
1896 static struct mips_got_entry
*
1897 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, gg
, sgot
, value
)
1899 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
1903 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
1904 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1908 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
1910 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, ibfd
);
1913 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, abfd
);
1914 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1917 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
1922 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
1924 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
1929 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
1931 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
1933 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
1934 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
1935 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1936 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
1937 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1941 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
1942 (sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
1947 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
1948 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
1949 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
1950 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
1951 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
1952 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
1955 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, max_local
)
1956 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1957 unsigned long max_local
;
1959 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
1960 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1963 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
1965 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
1968 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
=
1969 hsd
.min_got_dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
1970 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
1971 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
1972 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
1973 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
1974 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
1975 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
1976 too large offsets. */
1977 - (g
->next
? g
->assigned_gotno
: 0);
1978 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= max_local
;
1979 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
1980 elf_hash_table (info
)),
1981 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
1984 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
1985 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
1986 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
1987 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
1988 <= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
1990 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
1991 table index in the GOT. */
1992 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
1997 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
1998 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2002 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (h
, data
)
2003 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2006 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
2007 = (struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*) data
;
2009 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2010 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2012 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2014 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
2017 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2018 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2019 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2021 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
2023 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
2024 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2025 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
2027 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
!= 1)
2028 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
2031 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
2032 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2038 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2039 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2043 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
)
2044 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2046 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2047 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2049 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2051 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2053 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2055 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2059 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2062 if (!bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2068 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2070 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2073 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2074 need to do it again. */
2078 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2084 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2086 if (h
->got
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
2089 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2090 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2091 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2097 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2098 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2101 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, symndx
, addend
, g
)
2105 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2107 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2110 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
2111 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
2112 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
2113 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
2118 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
2120 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2125 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2130 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2133 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (entry_
)
2136 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
2137 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
2139 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
2142 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2145 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (entry1
, entry2
)
2149 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
2150 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
2151 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
2152 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
2154 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
2157 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBDF. G must
2158 be the master GOT data. */
2160 static struct mips_got_info
*
2161 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
)
2162 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2165 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
2171 p
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*) htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
2172 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
2175 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2176 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2180 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (entryp
, p
)
2184 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2185 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2186 htab_t bfd2got
= arg
->bfd2got
;
2187 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2188 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
2191 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2193 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2194 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
2195 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfdgotp
;
2201 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2202 (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2212 bfdgot
->bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2213 bfdgot
->g
= g
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2214 bfd_alloc (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2221 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2222 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
2224 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
2225 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2226 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
2228 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2238 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
2239 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2240 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
2245 if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->forced_local
)
2253 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
2254 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
2255 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
2256 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
2257 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
2258 and then make make the new got current. */
2261 mips_elf_merge_gots (bfd2got_
, p
)
2265 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
2266 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
2267 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2268 unsigned int lcount
= bfd2got
->g
->local_gotno
;
2269 unsigned int gcount
= bfd2got
->g
->global_gotno
;
2270 unsigned int maxcnt
= arg
->max_count
;
2272 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
2273 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
2274 if (! arg
->primary
&& lcount
+ gcount
<= maxcnt
)
2276 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
2277 arg
->primary_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2279 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
2280 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
2281 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
2282 else if (arg
->primary
2283 && (arg
->primary_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
) <= maxcnt
)
2285 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2286 int old_lcount
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
;
2287 int old_gcount
= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2289 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->primary
;
2291 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2292 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2294 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2297 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2298 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
2299 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
2302 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
== arg
->primary
->local_gotno
);
2303 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
);
2305 arg
->primary_count
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
2306 + arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2308 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
2309 else if (arg
->current
2310 && arg
->current_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
<= maxcnt
)
2312 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2313 int old_lcount
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
;
2314 int old_gcount
= arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2316 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->current
;
2318 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2319 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2321 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2324 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2326 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
== arg
->current
->local_gotno
);
2327 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->current
->global_gotno
);
2329 arg
->current_count
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
2330 + arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2332 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
2333 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
2334 overflows anyway. */
2337 bfd2got
->g
->next
= arg
->current
;
2338 arg
->current
= bfd2got
->g
;
2340 arg
->current_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2346 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
2347 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
2348 got) to the given VALUE.
2350 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
2351 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
2352 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
2353 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
2354 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
2355 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
2356 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
2357 marked as not elligible for lazy resolution through a function
2360 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (entryp
, p
)
2364 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2365 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
2366 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
2367 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
2369 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1
2370 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
2374 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
2376 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
2377 /* We can't do lazy update of GOT entries for
2378 non-primary GOTs since the PLT entries don't use the
2379 right offsets, so punt at it for now. */
2380 entry
->d
.h
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
2381 if (arg
->info
->shared
2382 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
2383 && ((entry
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
2384 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
2385 && ((entry
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
2386 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
2387 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
2390 entry
->d
.h
->root
.got
.offset
= arg
->value
;
2396 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
2397 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
2398 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
2399 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
2400 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
2401 the traversal must be restarted. */
2403 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (entryp
, p
)
2407 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2408 htab_t got_entries
= *(htab_t
*)p
;
2410 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
2412 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= entry
->d
.h
;
2414 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2415 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2416 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2418 if (entry
->d
.h
== h
)
2423 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
2424 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
2425 if (! htab_find (got_entries
, entry
))
2427 htab_clear_slot (got_entries
, entryp
);
2428 entryp
= htab_find_slot (got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2431 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
2432 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
2434 *(htab_t
*)p
= NULL
;
2437 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
2438 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
2444 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
2447 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
)
2448 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2454 got_entries
= g
->got_entries
;
2456 htab_traverse (got_entries
,
2457 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
,
2460 while (got_entries
== NULL
);
2463 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
2466 mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, g
, ibfd
)
2468 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2471 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
2474 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
2478 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
2482 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2485 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
2486 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
2489 mips_elf_multi_got (abfd
, info
, g
, got
, pages
)
2491 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2492 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2494 bfd_size_type pages
;
2496 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
2497 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
2498 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
2499 unsigned int assign
;
2501 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
2502 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
,
2504 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
2507 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
2508 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
2509 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
2511 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
2512 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
2513 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
2514 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
2515 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
2518 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
2519 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
2520 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
2521 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
2522 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
2523 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (abfd
)
2524 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
2525 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
- pages
);
2527 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
2528 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
2529 to be the primary GOT. */
2530 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
2531 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
2534 /* If we find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
2535 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
2537 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2538 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2539 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
2542 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2543 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
2544 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
2545 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
2546 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2547 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
2549 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2551 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
2554 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
2555 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
2557 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
2561 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
2562 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
2563 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
2564 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
2567 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
2570 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2571 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2578 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
2580 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
2584 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
2585 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
2586 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
2589 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
2590 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
2591 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
2592 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
2593 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
2594 follows IRIX's practice.
2596 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
2597 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
2598 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
2599 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
2603 gg
->assigned_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
2604 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
2605 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 2;
2609 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
2610 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
2611 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
2612 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
2613 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
2614 their entries can be omitted. */
2615 gg
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
2616 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= -1;
2619 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
2620 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
2621 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
2622 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
2623 &set_got_offset_arg
);
2624 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 1;
2625 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
2626 &set_got_offset_arg
);
2627 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
2630 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
2631 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
2632 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
2633 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
2634 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
2635 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
2636 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
2637 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
2638 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
2639 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
2640 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
2641 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
2642 points back to the master GOT. */
2643 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
2644 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
2650 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
2652 assign
+= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2653 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
2654 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
+ pages
;
2655 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
2657 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
2658 list that gg points to. */
2666 got
->_raw_size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
2667 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2673 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
2674 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
2676 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
2677 mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, r_type
, relocation
, relend
)
2678 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2679 unsigned int r_type
;
2680 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
2681 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
2683 /* According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must be
2684 immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
2685 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
2686 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
2687 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
2688 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
2689 while (relocation
< relend
)
2691 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
)
2697 /* We didn't find it. */
2698 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2702 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
2705 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
, local_sections
,
2708 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
2709 asection
**local_sections
;
2710 bfd_boolean check_forced
;
2712 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2713 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2714 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2717 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
2718 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2719 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2721 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
2723 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
2728 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
2729 was forced local. */
2730 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
2731 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
2732 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
2733 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2734 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2735 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2736 if ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
) != 0)
2743 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
2746 mips_elf_sign_extend (value
, bits
)
2750 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
2751 /* VALUE is negative. */
2752 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
2757 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
2758 range expressable by a signed number with the indicated number of
2762 mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, bits
)
2766 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
2768 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
2769 /* The value is too big. */
2771 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
2772 /* The value is too small. */
2779 /* Calculate the %high function. */
2782 mips_elf_high (value
)
2785 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
2788 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
2791 mips_elf_higher (value
)
2792 bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2795 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
2798 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
2802 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
2805 mips_elf_highest (value
)
2806 bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2809 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
2812 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
2816 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
2819 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
)
2821 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2824 register asection
*s
;
2826 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
2828 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2831 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel");
2833 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
2834 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
2835 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
2838 s
->_raw_size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
2844 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
2847 mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, maybe_exclude
)
2849 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2850 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude
;
2853 register asection
*s
;
2854 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2855 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
2856 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2859 /* This function may be called more than once. */
2860 s
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
2863 if (! maybe_exclude
)
2864 s
->flags
&= ~SEC_EXCLUDE
;
2868 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2869 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2872 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
2874 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".got");
2876 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
2877 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
2880 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
2881 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
2882 are not creating a global offset table. */
2884 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2885 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
2886 (bfd_vma
) 0, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
2887 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
2890 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
2891 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
2892 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
2893 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
2896 && ! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2899 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
2900 g
= (struct mips_got_info
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2903 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2904 g
->local_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2905 g
->assigned_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2908 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
2909 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
,
2911 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2913 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->u
.got_info
= g
;
2914 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
2915 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
2920 /* Returns the .msym section for ABFD, creating it if it does not
2921 already exist. Returns NULL to indicate error. */
2924 mips_elf_create_msym_section (abfd
)
2929 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".msym");
2932 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".msym");
2934 || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
,
2938 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2940 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
2941 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
2948 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
2949 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
2950 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
2952 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
2953 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
2954 relocation must be JALX.
2956 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
2957 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
2958 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
2959 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
2961 static bfd_reloc_status_type
2962 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (abfd
, input_bfd
, input_section
, info
,
2963 relocation
, addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
2964 local_sections
, valuep
, namep
,
2965 require_jalxp
, save_addend
)
2968 asection
*input_section
;
2969 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2970 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
2972 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
2973 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
2974 asection
**local_sections
;
2977 bfd_boolean
*require_jalxp
;
2978 bfd_boolean save_addend
;
2980 /* The eventual value we will return. */
2982 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
2985 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
2986 shared object file being produced. */
2987 bfd_vma gp
= MINUS_ONE
;
2988 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
2991 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
2992 bfd_vma gp0
= MINUS_ONE
;
2993 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
2994 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
2995 during execution. */
2996 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
2997 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
2999 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
3000 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
3001 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
3003 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
3004 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
3005 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
3006 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3008 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3010 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
3011 relocation value. */
3012 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
3013 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3014 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
3016 /* Parse the relocation. */
3017 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3018 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3019 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3020 + input_section
->output_offset
3021 + relocation
->r_offset
);
3023 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3024 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
3026 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3027 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3028 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3029 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3030 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3031 was_local_p
= local_p
;
3032 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
3033 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3036 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3037 must come before globals. */
3041 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3044 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
3046 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
3047 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
3049 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3050 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
3051 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
3052 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
3053 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3054 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
3056 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
3058 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3061 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3062 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
3065 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3066 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
3067 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
3070 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
3072 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3076 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3077 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3078 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
3079 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3080 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3081 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3082 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3084 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3085 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
3087 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3088 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3089 if (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0
3090 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
3092 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3093 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3094 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_LO16
)
3095 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3099 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3100 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3101 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
3103 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3104 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3105 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
3107 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3108 if (sec
->output_section
)
3109 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
3110 + sec
->output_section
->vma
3111 + sec
->output_offset
);
3113 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
3115 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
3116 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
3117 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
3118 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
3121 else if (info
->shared
3122 && !info
->no_undefined
3123 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3125 else if (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0 ||
3126 strcmp (h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
3128 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
3129 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
3130 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
3131 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
3132 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
3134 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
3135 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
3140 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
3141 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
3142 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
3143 (!info
->shared
|| info
->no_undefined
3144 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
)))))
3145 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3149 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3152 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
3153 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
3155 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocateable
3156 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
3157 || (local_p
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
3158 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
3159 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd
, input_section
))
3161 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
3162 have already noticed that we were going to need the
3165 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
3168 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
3172 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3174 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
3175 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
3176 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocateable
3178 && (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3179 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3181 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
3182 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
3184 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3189 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3191 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
),
3192 CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
3194 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3201 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
3204 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3206 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->_raw_size
> 0);
3207 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3210 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
3211 special jalx instruction. */
3212 *require_jalxp
= (!info
->relocateable
3213 && (((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3214 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
)));
3216 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3217 local_sections
, TRUE
);
3219 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
3220 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
3223 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3224 /* If this symbol got a global GOT entry, we have to decay
3225 GOT_PAGE/GOT_OFST to GOT_DISP/addend. */
3228 < mips_elf_get_global_gotsym_index (elf_hash_table (info
)
3235 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3236 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3237 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3238 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3239 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3240 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
3243 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
3244 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
3245 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
3247 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3248 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3250 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
);
3251 if (! elf_hash_table(info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3253 && (info
->symbolic
|| h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3254 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
)))
3256 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
3257 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
3258 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
3259 bfd
*tmpbfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3260 asection
*sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (tmpbfd
, FALSE
);
3261 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd
, symbol
, sgot
->contents
+ g
);
3264 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
)
3265 /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
3266 calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */
3270 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
,
3271 info
, symbol
+ addend
);
3273 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3276 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
3277 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3278 abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
3283 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3284 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3285 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3286 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3287 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
3288 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
3289 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
)
3290 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
,
3292 (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, NULL
),
3300 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
3304 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3307 value
= symbol
+ mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3308 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3315 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3317 && ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3318 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
3319 && ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3320 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
3322 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3324 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
3325 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
3326 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
3327 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
3330 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
3338 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3342 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
3343 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
3347 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3352 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16
:
3353 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
3354 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3357 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
3358 value
= symbol
+ mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
<< 2, 18) - p
;
3359 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
3360 value
= (value
>> 2) & howto
->dst_mask
;
3363 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
:
3364 /* Instead of subtracting 'p' here, we should be subtracting the
3365 equivalent value for the LO part of the reloc, since the value
3366 here is relative to that address. Because that's not easy to do,
3367 we adjust 'addend' in _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section(). See also
3368 the comment there for more information. */
3369 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- p
);
3370 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3374 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
3375 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
3376 the output file that's different. That's handled in
3377 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
3378 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
3381 value
= (((addend
<< 2) | ((p
+ 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol
) >> 2;
3383 value
= (mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
<< 2, 28) + symbol
) >> 2;
3384 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3390 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
3391 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3395 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
3396 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3402 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
3405 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
3406 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3407 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
3408 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
3409 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
3412 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
3413 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
3416 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
3417 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
3418 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
3419 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
3420 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
3421 not check for overflow here. */
3425 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3426 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
3427 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
3428 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
3433 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3434 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
3435 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
3436 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
3437 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
3438 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3439 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
3440 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
3441 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
3442 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
3443 addend
= mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3444 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
3445 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
3446 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
3447 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
3448 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
3452 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3461 /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We
3462 need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3464 forced
= ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3465 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3466 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
3467 symbol
+ addend
, forced
);
3468 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
3469 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3471 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3472 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
3473 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3479 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3482 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3485 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3486 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
3488 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3492 value
= mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16) + symbol
- p
;
3493 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3496 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3497 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3498 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
3499 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
3500 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
3502 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
3503 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3506 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3507 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3508 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
3511 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3512 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
3513 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
3515 if (! (local_p
|| ! h
|| h
->root
.dynindx
< 0))
3517 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
3518 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
3519 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3520 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3521 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
3522 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3525 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
3526 if (local_p
|| ! h
|| h
->root
.dynindx
< 0)
3527 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
3530 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3534 value
= symbol
- addend
;
3535 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3539 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
3540 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3543 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
3544 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
3545 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3548 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
3549 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
3550 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3555 /* Both of these may be ignored. R_MIPS_JALR is an optimization
3556 hint; we could improve performance by honoring that hint. */
3557 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3559 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3560 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3561 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
3562 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3565 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
3566 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3569 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
3571 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
3574 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
3577 mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
)
3578 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
3579 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
3584 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
3586 /* Obtain the bytes. */
3587 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
3589 if ((ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
3590 || ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
3591 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd
))
3592 /* The two 16-bit words will be reversed on a little-endian system.
3593 See mips_elf_perform_relocation for more details. */
3594 x
= (((x
& 0xffff) << 16) | ((x
& 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3599 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
3600 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
3601 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
3602 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
3603 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
3604 unconditionally converted to JALX.
3606 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
3609 mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, relocation
, value
, input_bfd
,
3610 input_section
, contents
, require_jalx
)
3611 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
3612 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
3613 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
3616 asection
*input_section
;
3618 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
3622 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3624 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
3625 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
3627 /* Obtain the current value. */
3628 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
3630 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
3631 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
3633 /* If this is the R_MIPS16_26 relocation, we must store the
3634 value in a funny way. */
3635 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3637 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
3638 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
3641 The format of these instructions is:
3643 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3644 ! JALX ! X! Imm 20:16 ! Imm 25:21 !
3645 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3647 +-----------------------------------------------+
3649 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
3650 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
3652 When producing a relocateable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
3653 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
3654 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
3655 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
3656 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
3657 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
3658 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
3659 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
3660 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
3661 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
3664 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
3665 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
3666 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
3667 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
3668 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
3669 value as two 16-bit values.
3671 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
3675 +--------+----------------------+
3679 +--------+----------------------+
3682 +----------+------+-------------+
3686 +----------+--------------------+
3687 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
3688 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
3690 When producing a relocateable object file, the calculation is
3691 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3692 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
3693 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3694 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) */
3696 if (!info
->relocateable
)
3697 /* Shuffle the bits according to the formula above. */
3698 value
= (((value
& 0x1f0000) << 5)
3699 | ((value
& 0x3e00000) >> 5)
3700 | (value
& 0xffff));
3702 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
3704 /* R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
3705 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
3707 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3708 ! EXTEND ! Imm 10:5 ! Imm 15:11 !
3709 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3710 ! Major ! rx ! ry ! Imm 4:0 !
3711 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3713 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
3716 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
3717 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
3718 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
3720 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
3721 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
3722 little-endian system. */
3723 value
= (((value
& 0x7e0) << 16)
3724 | ((value
& 0xf800) << 5)
3728 /* Set the field. */
3729 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
3731 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
3735 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
3736 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
3738 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
3739 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3741 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
3746 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
3750 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
3753 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3754 (_("%s: %s+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
3755 bfd_archive_filename (input_bfd
),
3756 input_section
->name
,
3757 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
3758 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3762 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
3763 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
3766 /* Swap the high- and low-order 16 bits on little-endian systems
3767 when doing a MIPS16 relocation. */
3768 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3769 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd
))
3770 x
= (((x
& 0xffff) << 16) | ((x
& 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3772 /* Put the value into the output. */
3773 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
3777 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
3780 mips_elf_stub_section_p (abfd
, section
)
3781 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
3784 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, section
);
3786 return (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
3787 || strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
3788 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0);
3791 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */
3794 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (abfd
, n
)
3800 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (abfd
, FALSE
);
3801 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3803 if (s
->_raw_size
== 0)
3805 /* Make room for a null element. */
3806 s
->_raw_size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3809 s
->_raw_size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3812 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
3813 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
3814 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
3815 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
3818 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, h
, sec
,
3819 symbol
, addendp
, input_section
)
3821 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
3822 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
3823 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3827 asection
*input_section
;
3829 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
3835 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
3836 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3837 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
3838 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
3839 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
3840 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
3841 < sreloc
->_raw_size
);
3844 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
3845 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
3846 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
3847 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
3848 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
3849 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
3852 /* We begin by assuming that the offset for the dynamic relocation
3853 is the same as for the original relocation. We'll adjust this
3854 later to reflect the correct output offsets. */
3855 if (elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
3857 outrel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
3858 outrel
[2].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
;
3862 /* Except that in a stab section things are more complex.
3863 Because we compress stab information, the offset given in the
3864 relocation may not be the one we want; we must let the stabs
3865 machinery tell us the offset. */
3866 outrel
[1].r_offset
= outrel
[0].r_offset
;
3867 outrel
[2].r_offset
= outrel
[0].r_offset
;
3868 /* If we didn't need the relocation at all, this value will be
3870 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
3875 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1
3876 || outrel
[0].r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
3879 /* If we've decided to skip this relocation, just output an empty
3880 record. Note that R_MIPS_NONE == 0, so that this call to memset
3881 is a way of setting R_TYPE to R_MIPS_NONE. */
3883 memset (outrel
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
) * 3);
3888 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
3889 in the relocation. */
3891 && (! info
->symbolic
|| (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3892 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0))
3894 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3895 /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
3902 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
3904 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
3906 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3911 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
3916 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
3917 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
3918 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
3919 local symbols because we used to generate them
3920 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
3921 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
3922 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
3923 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
3924 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
3925 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
3930 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
3931 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
3932 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
3933 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
3934 if (!indx
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
3937 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
3938 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
3939 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
3941 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
3942 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
3943 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
3944 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
3945 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
3946 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
3947 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
3948 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
3949 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
3950 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
3951 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
3952 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
3953 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) 0,
3954 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
3957 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) 0,
3960 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
3961 correct location in the output file. */
3962 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3963 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3964 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3965 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3966 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3967 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3970 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
3971 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
3972 relocation format is non-standard. */
3973 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3975 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3976 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
3978 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3981 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3982 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
3983 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3985 /* Record the index of the first relocation referencing H. This
3986 information is later emitted in the .msym section. */
3988 && (h
->min_dyn_reloc_index
== 0
3989 || sreloc
->reloc_count
< h
->min_dyn_reloc_index
))
3990 h
->min_dyn_reloc_index
= sreloc
->reloc_count
;
3992 /* We've now added another relocation. */
3993 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
3995 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
3996 will be writing to it. */
3997 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
4000 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
4001 if (! skip
&& IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4003 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
4008 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
4010 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
4011 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
4012 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
4013 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4014 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
4015 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
4017 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
4018 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
4019 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
4021 cr
= (scpt
->contents
4022 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
4023 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
4024 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
4025 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
4026 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
4033 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4036 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flags
)
4039 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
4041 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
4042 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
4044 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
4045 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
4047 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
4048 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
4050 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
4051 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
4053 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
4054 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
4056 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
4057 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
4059 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
4060 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
4062 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
4063 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
4065 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
4066 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
4069 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
4073 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
4077 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
4081 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
4085 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
4089 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
4092 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
4093 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
4096 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
4097 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
4100 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
4101 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
4109 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
4111 static INLINE
char *
4112 elf_mips_abi_name (abfd
)
4117 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
4118 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
4121 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
4123 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
4127 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
4129 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
4131 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
4133 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
4136 return "unknown abi";
4140 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
4141 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
4142 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
4143 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
4144 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
4145 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
4146 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4147 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4149 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
4150 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
4151 definition in a shared library. */
4152 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
4153 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4154 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4156 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
4157 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4160 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (abfd
, asym
)
4164 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
4166 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
4167 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
4169 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4170 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
4171 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
4172 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
4173 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
4174 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
4175 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4177 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
4178 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
4179 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
4180 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4181 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4182 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4183 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
4184 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4185 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4186 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4188 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4192 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4193 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
4194 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4195 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4198 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4199 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4201 /* Initialize the small common section. */
4202 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
4203 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4204 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4205 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4206 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4207 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
4208 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4209 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4210 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4212 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4213 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
4216 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4217 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4220 #if 0 /* for SGI_COMPAT */
4222 asym
->section
= mips_elf_text_section_ptr
;
4226 asym
->section
= mips_elf_data_section_ptr
;
4232 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
4233 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
4234 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
4238 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (abfd
, hdr
)
4240 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4242 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
4243 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
4247 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
4248 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
4251 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
4254 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4255 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, (bfd_size_type
) 4, abfd
) != 4)
4259 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
4260 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4261 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
4262 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
4264 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4266 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
4267 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
4268 so that we don't have to read them again.
4269 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
4270 through the section contents to see if there is an
4271 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
4273 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
4275 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4276 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4278 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4280 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4282 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4289 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4290 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
4293 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4294 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, (bfd_size_type
) 8, abfd
) != 8)
4297 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4304 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4305 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
4308 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4309 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, (bfd_size_type
) 4, abfd
) != 4)
4316 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4318 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
4320 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
4321 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
4322 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
4324 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4325 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4327 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
4329 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4330 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
4332 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
4334 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4335 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4337 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
4340 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4342 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
4344 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
4346 unsigned int adjust
;
4348 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
4350 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
4358 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
4359 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
4360 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
4362 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
4366 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
)
4368 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4373 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
4374 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
4375 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
4376 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
4377 probably get away with this. */
4378 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
4380 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
4381 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
4385 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
4388 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
4389 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
4392 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
4393 if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
4396 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
4397 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
4400 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
4401 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
4403 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
4405 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
4406 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
4407 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
4409 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
4411 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
4412 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
4415 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
4416 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
4419 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
4420 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) != 0)
4423 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
4424 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
4427 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
4428 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
4431 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
4432 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
4433 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4434 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
4441 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
))
4446 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
4447 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
4453 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
4455 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
4456 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
4457 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
4458 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
4459 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
4461 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
4464 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, (PTR
) &ext
,
4466 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof ext
))
4468 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
4469 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
4472 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
4473 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
4474 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
4475 they should agree. */
4476 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
4478 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4480 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
4481 if (contents
== NULL
)
4483 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
4484 (file_ptr
) 0, hdr
->sh_size
))
4490 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4491 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4493 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4495 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4497 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4499 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
4501 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
4503 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
4504 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
4506 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
4508 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4510 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
4512 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
4514 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
4515 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
4517 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
4527 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
4528 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
4529 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4532 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (abfd
, hdr
, sec
)
4534 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4537 register const char *name
;
4539 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
4541 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
4543 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
4544 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->_raw_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
4545 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4547 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
4548 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
4549 else if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
4551 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
4552 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
4553 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4555 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
4556 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
4557 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
4559 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
4560 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
4561 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4562 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4563 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4565 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4567 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
4569 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
4570 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
4571 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4572 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4574 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4575 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
4577 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4580 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
4582 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4583 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
4584 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
4585 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
4587 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4588 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4590 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
4591 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
4594 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
4595 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
4596 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
4597 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
4598 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
4599 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
4600 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4601 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
4603 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
4604 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4606 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
4608 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
4609 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4610 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4612 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
4614 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
4615 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4616 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4618 else if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
4619 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
4620 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
4622 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
4623 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
4624 final_write_processing. */
4626 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
4627 || strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4628 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
4630 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
4631 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4632 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4634 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
4636 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
4637 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
4638 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
4641 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the
4642 default kind of relocations. But, we may actually need both
4643 kinds of relocations, so we set up the second header here.
4645 This is not necessary for the O32 ABI since that only uses Elf32_Rel
4646 relocations (cf. System V ABI, MIPS RISC Processor Supplement,
4647 3rd Edition, p. 4-17). It breaks the IRIX 5/6 32-bit ld, since one
4648 of the resulting empty .rela.<section> sections starts with
4649 sh_offset == object size, and ld doesn't allow that. While the check
4650 is arguably bogus for empty or SHT_NOBITS sections, it can easily be
4651 avoided by not emitting those useless sections in the first place. */
4652 if (! SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && ! NEWABI_P(abfd
)
4653 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
4655 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
;
4656 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
);
4658 esd
= elf_section_data (sec
);
4659 BFD_ASSERT (esd
->rel_hdr2
== NULL
);
4660 esd
->rel_hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4663 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, esd
->rel_hdr2
, sec
, !sec
->use_rela_p
);
4669 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
4670 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
4671 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
4672 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
4673 the .scommon section. */
4676 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
, retval
)
4677 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4681 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
4683 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
4686 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
4688 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
4694 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
4695 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
4698 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
, valp
)
4700 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4701 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4703 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4707 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4708 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
4709 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
4711 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
4716 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
4719 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4720 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
4721 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4722 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4725 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4726 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
4727 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4728 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
4732 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4733 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
4735 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
4736 asection
*elf_text_section
;
4737 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
4739 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4740 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
4743 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
4744 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4745 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
4748 /* Initialize the section. */
4750 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
4751 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
4753 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
4754 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
4756 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
4757 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
4758 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
4759 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
4760 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
4761 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
4762 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
4764 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4765 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4766 so I took it out. */
4767 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
4770 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4771 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
4773 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4774 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
4776 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
4777 asection
*elf_data_section
;
4778 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
4780 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4781 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
4784 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
4785 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4786 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
4789 /* Initialize the section. */
4791 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
4792 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
4794 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
4795 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
4797 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
4798 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
4799 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
4800 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
4801 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
4802 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
4803 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
4805 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4806 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4807 so I took it out. */
4808 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
4811 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4812 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4816 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4818 && info
->hash
->creator
== abfd
->xvec
4819 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
4821 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4822 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4824 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
4826 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4827 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
,
4828 (bfd_vma
) *valp
, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
4829 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4832 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4833 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4834 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4835 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
4837 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4840 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
4843 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
4844 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
4845 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
4846 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
4852 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
4853 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
4854 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
4857 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, name
, sym
, input_sec
)
4858 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4859 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4860 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4861 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4862 asection
*input_sec
;
4864 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
4865 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
4866 common in the output file. */
4867 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4868 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
4869 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
4871 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
4872 && (sym
->st_value
& 1) != 0)
4878 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
4880 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
4883 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
)
4885 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4887 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4888 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4890 register asection
*s
;
4891 const char * const *namep
;
4893 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
4894 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
4896 /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */
4897 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4900 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
4904 /* We need to create .got section. */
4905 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, FALSE
))
4908 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, TRUE
))
4911 /* Create the .msym section on IRIX6. It is used by the dynamic
4912 linker to speed up dynamic relocations, and to avoid computing
4913 the ELF hash for symbols. */
4914 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
4915 && !mips_elf_create_msym_section (abfd
))
4918 /* Create .stub section. */
4919 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4920 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == NULL
)
4922 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
));
4924 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_CODE
)
4925 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4926 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4930 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
4932 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
4934 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
4936 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
)
4937 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4938 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4942 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
4943 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
4944 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
4945 the linker takes such action. */
4946 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4948 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
4951 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4952 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
,
4953 (bfd_vma
) 0, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
4954 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4957 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4958 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4959 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4960 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
4962 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4966 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
4967 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4969 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
4973 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
4974 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".hash");
4976 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4);
4977 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
4979 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4);
4980 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
4982 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4);
4983 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
4985 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4);
4986 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4988 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4);
4995 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
4997 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4998 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
4999 (bfd_vma
) 0, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
5000 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5003 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5004 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
5005 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
5006 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
5008 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5011 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
5013 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
5014 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
5015 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
5016 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
5017 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map");
5018 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5020 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
5022 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5023 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5024 (bfd_vma
) 0, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
5025 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5028 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5029 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
5030 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
5031 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5033 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5041 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
5042 allocate space in the global offset table. */
5045 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (abfd
, info
, sec
, relocs
)
5047 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5049 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
5053 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5054 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5055 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5057 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
5058 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
5061 struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5063 if (info
->relocateable
)
5066 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5067 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5068 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5069 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5071 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
5073 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5074 if (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5076 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5078 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5081 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5083 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5084 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5088 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
5089 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
5090 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
5091 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5093 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
5094 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
5096 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
5097 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
5098 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
5099 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), FN_STUB
,
5100 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
5101 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_STUB
,
5102 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5103 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5104 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5107 sec_relocs
= (MNAME(abfd
,_bfd_elf
,link_read_relocs
)
5108 (abfd
, o
, (PTR
) NULL
,
5109 (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
5110 info
->keep_memory
));
5111 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
5114 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
5115 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
5116 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
5117 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) != R_MIPS16_26
)
5120 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
5129 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
5130 not need it. Since this function is called before
5131 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
5132 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
5134 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5138 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
5140 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
5142 unsigned long symcount
;
5146 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
5147 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
5149 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5150 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
5151 n
= (asection
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5154 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
5157 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
5159 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
5160 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
5161 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
5162 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
5166 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5168 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5169 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5171 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5174 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5177 else if (strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5178 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5180 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5181 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5184 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5187 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5189 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5190 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5192 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
5193 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
5194 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
5195 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
5196 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
5197 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
5198 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5202 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5203 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5205 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5207 if (strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5208 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
5210 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
5212 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
5213 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
5214 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
5215 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
5216 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
5217 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
5218 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
5219 it is slightly faster to check now. */
5220 if (*loc
!= NULL
|| h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5222 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5227 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5237 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
5242 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
5243 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
5244 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
5249 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5250 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5251 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
5253 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5254 unsigned int r_type
;
5255 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5257 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5258 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5260 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5262 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
5264 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5265 (_("%s: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
5266 bfd_archive_filename (abfd
), name
);
5267 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5272 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5274 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
5277 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5278 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5282 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5283 if (dynobj
== NULL
|| sgot
== NULL
)
5289 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5290 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5291 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5292 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5293 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5294 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5295 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5297 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5298 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, FALSE
))
5300 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5307 && (info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5308 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5309 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5317 if (!h
&& (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
5318 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
5319 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
))
5321 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
5322 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
5323 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
5324 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
5325 R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
5326 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
5327 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
5328 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
5338 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5339 (_("%s: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
5340 bfd_archive_filename (abfd
), (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
5341 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5346 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5347 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5350 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5351 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5354 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
5355 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
5356 elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol in elflink.h. */
5357 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
;
5362 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5363 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
5364 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
5369 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
5370 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5372 while (hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5373 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5374 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5375 hmips
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5377 if ((hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5378 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5379 && hmips
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
5380 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
5381 && ! (hmips
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
5382 & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
))
5383 /* If we've encountered any other relocation
5384 referencing the symbol, we'll have marked it as
5385 dynamic, and, even though we might be able to get
5386 rid of the GOT entry should we know for sure all
5387 previous relocations were GOT_PAGE ones, at this
5388 point we can't tell, so just keep using the
5389 symbol as dynamic. This is very important in the
5390 multi-got case, since we don't decide whether to
5391 decay GOT_PAGE to GOT_DISP on a per-GOT basis: if
5392 the symbol is dynamic, we'll need a GOT entry for
5393 every GOT in which the symbol is referenced with
5394 a GOT_PAGE relocation. */
5395 && hmips
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
5401 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5402 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5403 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5404 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5405 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5412 if ((info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5413 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5417 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, TRUE
);
5421 #define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
5424 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
5425 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
5426 relocs. We make room for this reloc in the
5427 .rel.dyn reloc section. */
5428 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, 1);
5429 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5430 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5431 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
5432 relocations against the text segment. */
5433 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5437 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
5439 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
5440 defined in a dynamic object. */
5441 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5442 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
5443 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5444 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5445 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
5446 are relocations against the text segment. */
5447 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
5450 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
5451 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
5452 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
5453 dynamic relocations against it. */
5457 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5458 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, TRUE
))
5460 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5461 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5466 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5467 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
5468 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
5472 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5473 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5474 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5475 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5476 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
5477 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
5480 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5481 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
5482 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5483 if (!_bfd_elf32_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
5487 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5488 used. Record for later use during GC. */
5489 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5490 if (!_bfd_elf32_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
5498 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
5499 related to taking the function's address. */
5505 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
5507 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5508 mh
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
5512 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5513 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5517 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
5518 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
5519 References from a stub section do not count. */
5521 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5522 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), FN_STUB
,
5523 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) != 0
5524 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_STUB
,
5525 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) != 0
5526 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5527 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) != 0)
5529 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
5531 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5532 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
5540 _bfd_mips_relax_section (abfd
, sec
, link_info
, again
)
5543 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
5546 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5547 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
5548 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5549 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
5550 bfd_byte
*free_contents
= NULL
;
5552 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
5553 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5554 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
5556 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
5559 if (link_info
->relocateable
)
5562 internal_relocs
= (MNAME(abfd
,_bfd_elf
,link_read_relocs
)
5563 (abfd
, sec
, (PTR
) NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
5564 link_info
->keep_memory
));
5565 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
5568 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
5569 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5570 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5571 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5573 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
5576 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
5577 unsigned int r_type
;
5578 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5580 unsigned long instruction
;
5582 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
5583 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
5584 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
5585 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
5586 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
5589 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
5590 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
5591 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
5593 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
5594 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5595 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5597 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5598 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5599 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5601 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
5603 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5604 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5605 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5606 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
5607 && ! (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
)))
5610 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5611 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
5612 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5613 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
5614 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
5616 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5620 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5622 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
5623 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
5625 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5626 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
5627 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5628 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
5630 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
5634 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
5635 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
5637 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
5638 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5639 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
5640 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
5643 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5644 symval
= isym
->st_value
5645 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
5646 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
5649 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
5651 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
5652 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
5654 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
5655 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
5660 /* Check that it's in range. */
5661 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
5664 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
5665 if (contents
== NULL
)
5667 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
5668 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
5669 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
5672 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (sec
->_raw_size
);
5673 if (contents
== NULL
)
5676 free_contents
= contents
;
5677 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, contents
,
5678 (file_ptr
) 0, sec
->_raw_size
))
5683 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
5685 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
5686 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
5687 instruction
= 0x04110000;
5688 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
5689 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
5690 instruction
= 0x10000000;
5694 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
5695 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
5696 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
5699 if (contents
!= NULL
5700 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
5702 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
5706 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
5707 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
5713 if (free_contents
!= NULL
)
5714 free (free_contents
);
5718 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
5719 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
5720 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
5721 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
5725 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
)
5726 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5727 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5730 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
5733 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5735 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
5736 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
5737 && ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
)
5738 || h
->weakdef
!= NULL
5739 || ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5740 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0
5741 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5742 & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
) != 0
5743 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5744 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)));
5746 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
5747 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
5749 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5750 if (! info
->relocateable
5751 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
5752 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5753 || (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5754 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0))
5756 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
,
5757 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
5758 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
5759 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
5760 against the text segment. */
5761 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5764 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
5765 if (! hmips
->no_fn_stub
5766 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) != 0)
5768 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5771 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
5772 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
5773 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
5774 executable and the shared library. */
5775 if ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)
5777 /* We need .stub section. */
5778 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
5779 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
5780 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5782 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5783 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= s
->_raw_size
;
5785 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
5786 h
->plt
.offset
= s
->_raw_size
;
5788 /* Make room for this stub code. */
5789 s
->_raw_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
5791 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
5792 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
5796 else if ((h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
5797 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) == 0)
5799 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
5800 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
5801 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
5805 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
5806 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
5807 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
5808 if (h
->weakdef
!= NULL
)
5810 BFD_ASSERT (h
->weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5811 || h
->weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
5812 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5813 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5817 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
5818 is not a function. */
5823 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
5824 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
5825 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
5828 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (output_bfd
, info
)
5830 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5836 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5838 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
5839 bfd_size_type local_gotno
;
5842 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
5843 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
5845 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
,
5846 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
5848 if (! (info
->relocateable
5849 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
))
5850 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
5851 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
,
5854 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5856 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
5859 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &s
);
5863 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
5864 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
5866 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
5868 asection
*subsection
;
5870 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
5872 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
5874 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
5876 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->_raw_size
+ 0xf)
5877 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
5881 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
5882 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
5883 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
5884 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
5886 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
5889 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
5890 i
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
5892 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
5893 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
5896 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
5897 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
5899 loadable_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
* (i
+ 1);
5901 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
5902 contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */
5903 local_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
5905 g
->local_gotno
+= local_gotno
;
5906 s
->_raw_size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5908 g
->global_gotno
= i
;
5909 s
->_raw_size
+= i
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5911 if (s
->_raw_size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (output_bfd
)
5912 && ! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, g
, s
, local_gotno
))
5918 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5921 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (output_bfd
, info
)
5923 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5927 bfd_boolean reltext
;
5929 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5930 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
5932 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5934 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5937 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
5938 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5940 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
5942 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
5946 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
5947 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
5950 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5955 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
5956 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
5957 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
5959 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5964 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) == 0)
5966 if (s
->_raw_size
== 0)
5968 /* We only strip the section if the output section name
5969 has the same name. Otherwise, there might be several
5970 input sections for this output section. FIXME: This
5971 code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
5972 the linker now does not create empty output sections. */
5973 if (s
->output_section
!= NULL
5975 bfd_get_section_name (s
->output_section
->owner
,
5976 s
->output_section
)) == 0)
5981 const char *outname
;
5984 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
5985 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
5986 If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
5987 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
5988 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
5990 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
5992 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
5994 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
5995 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5996 || strcmp (outname
, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
5999 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
6000 to copy relocs into the output file. */
6001 if (strcmp (name
, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
6004 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
6005 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
6006 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
6007 will move them around between input sections'
6008 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
6009 broken, so don't let it run. */
6010 info
->combreloc
= 0;
6013 else if (strncmp (name
, ".got", 4) == 0)
6015 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
6016 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
6017 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
6019 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
6020 struct mips_got_info
*g
= gg
;
6021 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
6022 unsigned int needed_relocs
= 0;
6026 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6027 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
6029 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg
);
6030 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6032 unsigned int save_assign
;
6034 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
6036 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
6037 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
6038 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
6039 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
6040 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
6041 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
6042 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
6043 &set_got_offset_arg
);
6044 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
6045 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
6046 <= g
->global_gotno
);
6048 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
6051 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
6052 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
6053 + g
->next
->global_gotno
6054 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
);
6059 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, needed_relocs
);
6062 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)) == 0)
6064 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
6065 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
6066 s
->_raw_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
6068 else if (! info
->shared
6069 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6070 && strncmp (name
, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
6072 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
6073 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
6076 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
6077 && strncmp (name
, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
6078 s
->_raw_size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
6079 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
6080 s
->_raw_size
= (sizeof (Elf32_External_Msym
)
6081 * (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
6082 + bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
)));
6083 else if (strncmp (name
, ".init", 5) != 0)
6085 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
6091 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info
, s
);
6095 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
6096 s
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->_raw_size
);
6097 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->_raw_size
!= 0)
6099 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
6104 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6106 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
6107 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
6108 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
6109 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
6110 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
6113 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
6114 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
6115 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
6117 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6119 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6125 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
6126 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6128 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6133 if (reltext
&& SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6134 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6136 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
6138 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
6142 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
6145 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
))
6147 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
6150 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
6153 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
6157 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6159 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
, 0))
6163 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6165 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
, 0))
6169 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".conflict") != NULL
)
6171 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
, 0))
6174 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".liblist");
6175 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6177 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
, 0))
6181 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
6184 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
6188 /* Time stamps in executable files are a bad idea. */
6189 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
, 0))
6194 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
, 0))
6199 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_IVERSION
, 0))
6203 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
6206 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
6209 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
6212 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
6215 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
6218 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
6219 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
6222 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
6223 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
6224 (dynobj
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
6225 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
6228 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".msym")
6229 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_MSYM
, 0))
6236 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
6239 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
6240 contents
, relocs
, local_syms
, local_sections
)
6242 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6244 asection
*input_section
;
6246 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
6247 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
6248 asection
**local_sections
;
6250 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6251 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6253 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6254 struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6256 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6257 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6258 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
6262 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
6263 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
6264 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
6266 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
6267 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6268 const char * msg
= (const char *) NULL
;
6270 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
6271 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
6273 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
6274 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
6275 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
6276 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
6277 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
6278 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
6279 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
6281 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
6283 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6287 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
6288 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
,
6289 NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
6290 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
6291 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
6294 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
6296 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6298 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
6299 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
6300 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
6301 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
6302 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
6303 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
6304 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr
;
6305 if ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
6306 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))
6307 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
6308 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd
))
6310 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
6311 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
6313 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
6314 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, input_bfd
,
6316 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6317 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
6319 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
6320 combination of the addend stored in two different
6322 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
6323 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
6324 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
6325 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
6326 local_sections
, FALSE
)))
6329 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
6330 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
6333 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
6334 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
6335 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
6336 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
6339 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation. */
6340 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
)
6341 lo
= R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16
;
6344 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd
, lo
,
6346 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
6349 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
6350 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, lo
, FALSE
);
6351 l
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto
, lo16_relocation
,
6352 input_bfd
, contents
);
6353 l
&= lo16_howto
->src_mask
;
6354 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
6355 l
= mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
6359 /* Compute the combined addend. */
6362 /* If PC-relative, subtract the difference between the
6363 address of the LO part of the reloc and the address of
6364 the HI part. The relocation is relative to the LO
6365 part, but mips_elf_calculate_relocation() doesn't
6366 know its address or the difference from the HI part, so
6367 we subtract that difference here. See also the
6368 comment in mips_elf_calculate_relocation(). */
6369 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
)
6370 addend
-= (lo16_relocation
->r_offset
- rel
->r_offset
);
6372 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
6374 /* The addend is scrambled in the object file. See
6375 mips_elf_perform_relocation for details on the
6377 addend
= (((addend
& 0x1f0000) >> 5)
6378 | ((addend
& 0x7e00000) >> 16)
6383 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
6386 if (info
->relocateable
)
6388 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6389 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6391 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
6392 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6395 /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
6396 the relocations back out to the object file, unless
6397 they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
6398 to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
6399 relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
6400 that we're adjusting GP in this relocateable object. */
6402 if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
,
6404 /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */
6407 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
6408 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
6409 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
6410 || r_type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
)
6411 addend
-= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
6412 - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
));
6414 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6415 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
6416 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
6417 /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */
6418 addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
6420 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6422 /* If the relocation is for a R_MIPS_HI16 or R_MIPS_GOT16,
6423 then we only want to write out the high-order 16 bits.
6424 The subsequent R_MIPS_LO16 will handle the low-order bits.
6426 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
6427 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
)
6428 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
6429 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
6430 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
6431 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
6432 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
6435 if (rela_relocation_p
)
6436 /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend.
6437 We have to cast away constness for REL. */
6438 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
6441 /* Otherwise, we have to write the value back out. Note
6442 that we use the source mask, rather than the
6443 destination mask because the place to which we are
6444 writing will be source of the addend in the final
6446 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6447 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6449 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6450 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6451 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
6452 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
6453 but for endianness. */
6459 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
6461 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
6468 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6469 do two separate stores. */
6470 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6472 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6474 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
6480 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
6482 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
6483 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
6484 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
6485 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6489 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
6490 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6495 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
6499 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
6500 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
6501 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
6503 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
6504 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
6505 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
6506 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
6508 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6510 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6512 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
6513 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
6514 input_section
, info
, rel
,
6515 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
6516 local_sections
, &value
,
6517 &name
, &require_jalx
,
6518 use_saved_addend_p
))
6520 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
6521 /* There's nothing to do. */
6524 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
6525 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
6526 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
6527 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
6528 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
6531 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
6532 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
6533 info
->callbacks
->warning
6534 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
6537 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
6538 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
6539 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
6540 a given location. */
6544 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
6545 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
6546 (info
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
6547 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
6560 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
6561 until we reach the last one. */
6562 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
6568 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6569 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6570 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
6571 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
6572 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
6573 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
6574 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
6575 only a 32-bit VMA. */
6581 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
6583 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
6590 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6591 do two separate stores. */
6592 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6594 /* Undo what we did above. */
6596 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6598 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
6604 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
6606 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
6607 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
6608 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
6609 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6613 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
6614 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
6615 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6616 contents
, require_jalx
))
6623 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
6624 adjust it appropriately now. */
6627 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (abfd
, name
, sym
)
6628 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
6630 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6632 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
6633 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
6634 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
6637 "__dso_displacement",
6639 "__program_header_table",
6643 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
6651 const char* const *p
;
6654 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
6655 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
6658 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
6660 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
6662 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6664 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
6666 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
6668 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6674 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6675 dynamic sections here. */
6678 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, info
, h
, sym
)
6680 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6681 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6682 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6688 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
6690 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
6692 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6693 gval
= sym
->st_value
;
6694 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6696 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
6699 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
];
6701 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
6703 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
6705 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6706 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6707 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6709 /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */
6710 if (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff0000)
6713 /* Fill the stub. */
6714 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
);
6715 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ 4);
6716 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ 8);
6717 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd
) + h
->dynindx
, stub
+ 12);
6719 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= s
->_raw_size
);
6720 memcpy (s
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
, stub
, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
6722 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
6723 only for the referenced symbol. */
6724 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6726 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
6727 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
6728 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
6729 gval
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
6730 sym
->st_value
= gval
;
6733 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
6734 || (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
) != 0);
6736 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6737 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
6738 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6739 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6740 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6742 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
6743 the symbols that need them. */
6744 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
6745 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
6751 value
= sym
->st_value
;
6754 /* For an entity defined in a shared object, this will be
6755 NULL. (For functions in shared objects for
6756 which we have created stubs, ST_VALUE will be non-NULL.
6757 That's because such the functions are now no longer defined
6758 in a shared object.) */
6760 if ((info
->shared
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
6761 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6764 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6766 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
);
6767 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
6770 if (g
->next
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
6772 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
6775 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
6780 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
6782 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
6785 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6786 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6788 else if (sym
->st_value
)
6789 value
= sym
->st_value
;
6791 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6793 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
6794 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
6796 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6799 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
6803 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
6805 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
6808 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
6810 && ((p
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
6811 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6812 && ((p
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
6813 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
6814 && ! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6815 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
6816 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, value
, &addend
, sgot
)))
6818 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
6823 /* Create a .msym entry, if appropriate. */
6824 smsym
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".msym");
6827 Elf32_Internal_Msym msym
;
6829 msym
.ms_hash_value
= bfd_elf_hash (h
->root
.root
.string
);
6830 /* It is undocumented what the `1' indicates, but IRIX6 uses
6832 msym
.ms_info
= ELF32_MS_INFO (mh
->min_dyn_reloc_index
, 1);
6833 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
6835 ((Elf32_External_Msym
*) smsym
->contents
) + h
->dynindx
);
6838 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
6839 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
6840 if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
6841 || strcmp (name
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
6842 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6843 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
6844 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
6846 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6847 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6850 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6852 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6853 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6854 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
6856 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6858 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
6859 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
6861 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6862 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6864 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6866 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
6868 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6869 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6870 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
6871 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6873 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
6875 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
6876 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
6877 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
6878 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6882 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
6883 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6884 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
6888 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6889 && (strcmp (name
, "__rld_map") == 0
6890 || strcmp (name
, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
6892 asection
*s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map");
6893 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6894 sym
->st_value
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
6895 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, s
->contents
);
6896 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
== 0)
6897 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
6899 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6900 && strcmp (name
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
6902 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
6903 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
6904 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_none
)
6905 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map")
6907 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
6911 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
6912 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
6913 && (sym
->st_value
& 1) != 0)
6919 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
6922 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd
, info
)
6924 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6929 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
6931 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6933 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
6935 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6940 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6941 gg
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6942 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
6943 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
6944 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6947 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6951 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
6952 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6954 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
6955 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->_raw_size
;
6956 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
6958 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
6962 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
6964 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
6965 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
6967 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
6973 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6974 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6975 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
6979 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
6981 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6987 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
6990 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
6993 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
6994 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6995 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
6998 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
6999 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
7003 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
7006 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
7008 elemsize
= sizeof (Elf32_Conflict
);
7011 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
7013 elemsize
= sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7015 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
7018 if (s
->_cooked_size
!= 0)
7019 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->_cooked_size
/ elemsize
;
7021 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->_raw_size
/ elemsize
;
7027 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
7028 time ((time_t *) &dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
7031 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
7036 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
7041 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
7042 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
7043 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7044 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
7047 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
7048 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
7051 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
7052 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
7053 entry of the first external symbol that is not
7054 referenced within the same object. */
7055 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
7058 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
7059 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
7061 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
7064 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
7065 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
7066 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
7068 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
7070 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7071 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
7072 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7074 if (s
->_cooked_size
!= 0)
7075 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->_cooked_size
/ elemsize
;
7077 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->_raw_size
/ elemsize
;
7080 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
7081 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
7084 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
7085 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
;
7088 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7089 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
7090 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
7091 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
7095 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".msym"));
7096 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
7105 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
7110 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
7111 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
7112 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
7113 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->_raw_size
> 0)
7115 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
7116 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0x80000000,
7117 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7121 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
7122 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7124 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
7125 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
7127 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
7130 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
7131 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
7133 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7135 bfd_vma index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
;
7137 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
7138 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7139 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0x80000000, sgot
->contents
7140 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7145 while (index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
7147 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
7148 = index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7149 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
7150 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
7151 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
7154 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
7162 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
7164 /* ??? The section symbols for the output sections were set up in
7165 _bfd_elf_final_link. SGI sets the STT_NOTYPE attribute for these
7166 symbols. Should we do so? */
7168 smsym
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".msym");
7171 Elf32_Internal_Msym msym
;
7173 msym
.ms_hash_value
= 0;
7174 msym
.ms_info
= ELF32_MS_INFO (0, 1);
7176 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7178 long dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
7180 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
7182 (((Elf32_External_Msym
*) smsym
->contents
)
7187 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7189 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
7190 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
7194 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
7196 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
7197 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
7200 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
7201 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
7204 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
7205 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
7206 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
7209 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
7211 BFD_ASSERT (s
->_raw_size
>= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7212 dummy_offset
= s
->_raw_size
- MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
7213 memset (s
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
7214 MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7219 /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */
7221 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7224 && s
->_raw_size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
7226 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7228 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
7229 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
7230 (size_t) s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7231 sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
7233 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
7234 (size_t) s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7235 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs
);
7243 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
7246 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
)
7251 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
7254 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
7255 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
7258 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
7259 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
7262 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
7263 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
7266 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
7267 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
7268 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
7269 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
7270 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
7273 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
7274 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
7277 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
7278 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
7281 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
7282 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
7285 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
7286 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
7289 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
7290 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
7293 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
7294 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
7297 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
7298 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
7301 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
7302 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
7303 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
7304 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
7305 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
7308 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
7309 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
7312 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
7313 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
7316 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
7317 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
7320 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
7321 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
7324 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
7325 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
7328 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
7329 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
7334 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
7335 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
7336 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7339 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
, linker
)
7341 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7344 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
7348 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
7349 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
7350 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
7351 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
7352 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
7354 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
7355 info for each special section. */
7356 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
7357 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
7360 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
7363 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7364 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7366 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7369 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7370 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7371 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7372 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7373 && strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
7374 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
7375 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7376 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7379 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7380 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7381 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7382 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7383 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content",
7384 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
7385 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7386 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
7387 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7388 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7391 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7392 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7394 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7395 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
7397 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7400 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7401 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7402 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7403 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
7404 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
7405 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7406 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
7409 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
7410 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
7411 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7413 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
7415 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7416 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7423 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
7427 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (abfd
)
7433 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
7434 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7435 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
7438 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
7439 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
7440 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7441 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
7444 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
7445 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
7446 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
7447 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
7453 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
7456 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
)
7460 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
7463 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
7465 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7466 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7468 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7469 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7474 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7478 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7482 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
7483 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7485 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
7486 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
7494 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
7495 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
7496 PT_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
7499 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
7500 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
7501 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
7503 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7505 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
7506 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7511 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
7513 /* Usually, there's a program header table. But, sometimes
7514 there's not (like when running the `ld' testsuite). So,
7515 if there's no program header table, we just put the
7516 options segment at the end. */
7517 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7520 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7523 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
7524 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7525 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
7526 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7527 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
7528 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
7529 options_segment
->count
= 1;
7530 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
7531 *pm
= options_segment
;
7536 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7538 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
7539 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
7540 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
7541 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
7542 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
7544 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7545 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
7550 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7554 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
7556 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
7561 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7569 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
7570 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7571 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
7581 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
7582 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
7584 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
7586 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
7589 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
7591 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
7592 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
7593 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
7594 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
7595 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
7597 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
7598 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7602 && m
->count
== 1 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
7604 static const char *sec_names
[] =
7606 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
7610 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
7614 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
7616 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
7617 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7623 sz
= s
->_cooked_size
;
7626 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
7632 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7633 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
7636 + (s
->_cooked_size
!=
7637 0 ? s
->_cooked_size
: s
->_raw_size
)) <= high
))
7640 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
7641 n
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7648 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7650 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
7653 + (s
->_cooked_size
!= 0 ?
7654 s
->_cooked_size
: s
->_raw_size
)) <= high
))
7668 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
7672 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
)
7674 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7675 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7676 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7677 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7679 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
7683 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
7685 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7686 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7690 switch (h
->root
.type
)
7692 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
7693 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
7694 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7696 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
7697 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
7705 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7710 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
7713 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (abfd
, info
, sec
, relocs
)
7714 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7715 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7716 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7717 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7720 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7721 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7722 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
7723 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
7724 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7725 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7727 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7728 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7729 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
7731 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7732 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7733 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
7737 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7738 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7739 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7740 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7741 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7742 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7743 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7744 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
7745 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
7746 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
7757 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
7758 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
7759 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
7760 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
7763 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (bed
, dir
, ind
)
7764 struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7765 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
, *ind
;
7767 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
7769 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed
, dir
, ind
);
7771 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7774 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
7775 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
7776 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
7777 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
7778 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
7779 if (dirmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
== 0
7780 || (indmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
!= 0
7781 && indmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
< dirmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
))
7782 dirmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
= indmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
;
7783 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
7784 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
7788 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, entry
, force_local
)
7789 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7790 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
;
7791 bfd_boolean force_local
;
7795 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7796 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7798 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7799 if (h
->forced_local
)
7801 h
->forced_local
= TRUE
;
7803 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7806 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7807 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
7811 struct mips_got_entry e
;
7812 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= g
;
7814 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
7815 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
7816 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
7817 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
7818 the upper limit of global entries. */
7823 for (g
= g
->next
; g
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7824 if (htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
))
7826 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
7831 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
7832 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
7833 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
7834 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
7835 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
7837 BFD_ASSERT (gg
->assigned_gotno
> 0);
7838 gg
->assigned_gotno
--;
7841 else if (g
->global_gotno
== 0 && g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
7842 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
7843 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
7846 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 1)
7848 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
7849 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
7851 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
7857 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->root
, force_local
);
7863 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (abfd
, cookie
, info
)
7865 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
;
7866 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7869 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
7870 unsigned char *tdata
;
7873 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
7876 if (o
->_raw_size
== 0)
7878 if (o
->_raw_size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
7880 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
7881 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
7884 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->_raw_size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
7888 cookie
->rels
= (MNAME(abfd
,_bfd_elf
,link_read_relocs
)
7889 (abfd
, o
, (PTR
) NULL
,
7890 (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
7891 info
->keep_memory
));
7898 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
7899 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7901 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->_raw_size
; i
++)
7903 if (MNAME(abfd
,_bfd_elf
,reloc_symbol_deleted_p
) (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
7912 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
7913 o
->_cooked_size
= o
->_raw_size
- skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
7919 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
7920 free (cookie
->rels
);
7926 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (sec
)
7929 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
7935 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (output_bfd
, sec
, contents
)
7940 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
7943 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
7946 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
7950 end
= contents
+ sec
->_raw_size
;
7951 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
7953 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
7955 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
7958 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
7961 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
7962 (file_ptr
) sec
->output_offset
,
7967 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
7968 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
7970 struct mips_elf_find_line
7972 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
7973 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
7977 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
, filename_ptr
,
7978 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
)
7983 const char **filename_ptr
;
7984 const char **functionname_ptr
;
7985 unsigned int *line_ptr
;
7989 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7990 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7994 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7995 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7997 (unsigned) (ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0),
7998 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
8001 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
8005 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
8006 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
8007 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
8009 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
8010 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
8011 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
8012 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
8013 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
8014 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8016 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
8019 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
8022 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
8023 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
8025 fi
= (struct mips_elf_find_line
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8028 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8032 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
8034 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8038 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
8039 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
8040 fi
->d
.fdr
= (struct fdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8041 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
8043 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8046 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
8047 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
8048 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
8049 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
8050 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
8051 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
8052 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, (PTR
) fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
8054 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
8056 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
8057 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
8058 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
8059 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
8060 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
8061 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
8064 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
8065 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8068 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8072 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
8075 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
8077 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
8078 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8082 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
8083 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
8084 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
8087 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
, count
)
8092 bfd_size_type count
;
8094 if (strcmp (section
->name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
8098 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
8100 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
8101 section
->used_by_bfd
= (PTR
) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8102 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
8105 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
8110 if (section
->_cooked_size
!= 0)
8111 size
= section
->_cooked_size
;
8113 size
= section
->_raw_size
;
8114 c
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
8117 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
8120 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, (size_t) count
);
8123 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
8127 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
8128 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
8131 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd
, link_info
, link_order
,
8132 data
, relocateable
, symbols
)
8134 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
8135 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
;
8137 bfd_boolean relocateable
;
8140 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
8141 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
8142 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8144 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
8145 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
8151 reloc_vector
= (arelent
**) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type
) reloc_size
);
8152 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
8155 /* read in the section */
8156 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
,
8160 input_section
->_raw_size
))
8163 /* We're not relaxing the section, so just copy the size info */
8164 input_section
->_cooked_size
= input_section
->_raw_size
;
8165 input_section
->reloc_done
= TRUE
;
8167 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
8171 if (reloc_count
< 0)
8174 if (reloc_count
> 0)
8179 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
8182 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
8183 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
8184 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
8185 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
8186 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
8190 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
8191 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8198 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
8199 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
8200 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8203 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8204 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8206 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
8208 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
8209 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
8211 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
8213 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
8222 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= (arelent
*) NULL
;
8225 char *error_message
= (char *) NULL
;
8226 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8228 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
8229 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
8230 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8231 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
) && abfd
)
8233 /* The special_function wouldn't get called anyway. */
8237 /* The gp isn't there; let the special function code
8238 fall over on its own. */
8240 else if ((*parent
)->howto
->special_function
8241 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
8243 /* bypass special_function call */
8244 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
8245 input_section
, relocateable
,
8247 goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation
;
8249 /* end mips specific stuff */
8251 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
,
8255 relocateable
? abfd
: (bfd
*) NULL
,
8257 skip_bfd_perform_relocation
:
8261 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
8263 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
8264 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
8268 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
8272 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
8273 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
8274 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8275 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
,
8279 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
8280 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= (char *) NULL
);
8281 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
8282 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
8283 (*parent
)->address
)))
8286 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
8287 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
8288 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8289 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
8290 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
8293 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
8302 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8303 free (reloc_vector
);
8307 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8308 free (reloc_vector
);
8312 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
8314 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
8315 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
)
8318 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
8319 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
8321 ret
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
8322 if (ret
== (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) NULL
)
8325 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
8326 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
))
8333 /* We no longer use this. */
8334 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
8335 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
8337 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
8338 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
8339 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
8341 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
8343 return &ret
->root
.root
;
8346 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
8347 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
8348 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
8351 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
)
8353 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
8357 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
8358 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
8359 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
8360 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
8361 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
8362 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
8363 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
8364 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
8365 PTR mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
8371 static const char * const secname
[] =
8373 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
8374 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
8376 static const int sc
[] =
8378 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
8379 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
8382 /* If all the things we linked together were PIC, but we're
8383 producing an executable (rather than a shared object), then the
8384 resulting file is CPIC (i.e., it calls PIC code.) */
8386 && !info
->relocateable
8387 && elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
8389 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
8390 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
8393 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
8394 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
8395 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
8397 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8401 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8403 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
8404 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
8405 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
8406 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
8407 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
8409 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, (info
->shared
8410 ? bfd_count_sections (abfd
) + 1
8414 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
8415 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8416 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8417 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
8419 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
8420 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
8421 - g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8422 <= g
->global_gotno
);
8426 /* We want to set the GP value for ld -r. */
8427 /* On IRIX5, we omit the .options section. On IRIX6, however, we
8428 include it, even though we don't process it quite right. (Some
8429 entries are supposed to be merged.) Empirically, we seem to be
8430 better off including it then not. */
8431 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
8432 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
; *secpp
!= NULL
; secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8434 if (strcmp ((*secpp
)->name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
8436 for (p
= (*secpp
)->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8437 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8438 p
->u
.indirect
.section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8439 (*secpp
)->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8440 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8441 --abfd
->section_count
;
8447 /* We include .MIPS.options, even though we don't process it quite right.
8448 (Some entries are supposed to be merged.) At IRIX6 empirically we seem
8449 to be better off including it than not. */
8450 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
; *secpp
!= NULL
; secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8452 if (strcmp ((*secpp
)->name
, ".MIPS.options") == 0)
8454 for (p
= (*secpp
)->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8455 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8456 p
->u
.indirect
.section
->flags
&=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8457 (*secpp
)->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8458 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8459 --abfd
->section_count
;
8466 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
8467 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
8469 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8471 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8472 if (h
!= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) NULL
8473 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
8474 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
8475 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8476 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8477 else if (info
->relocateable
)
8479 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
8481 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
8482 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= (asection
*) NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8484 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
8487 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
8488 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd
);
8492 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
8493 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
8494 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
8498 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
8502 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
8503 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
8504 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= (asection
*) NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8506 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
8508 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
8510 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
8511 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8512 the information together. */
8513 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
;
8514 p
!= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8517 asection
*input_section
;
8519 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
8522 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8524 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8529 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8530 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8532 /* The linker emulation code has probably clobbered the
8533 size to be zero bytes. */
8534 if (input_section
->_raw_size
== 0)
8535 input_section
->_raw_size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
8537 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8540 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof ext
))
8543 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
8545 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
8546 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
8547 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
8548 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
8549 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
8551 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
8552 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
8553 finally written out. */
8555 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8556 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8557 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8560 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
8561 BFD_ASSERT(o
->_raw_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
8563 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8564 matters, but someday it might). */
8565 o
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8570 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
8572 struct extsym_info einfo
;
8575 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
8576 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8577 the information together. */
8578 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
8579 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
8581 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
8585 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
8586 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
8587 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
8589 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
8592 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
8594 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
8595 debug_info structure. */
8597 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
8598 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
8599 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
8600 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
8601 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
8603 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
8604 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
8605 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
8606 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
8608 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
8609 if (mdebug_handle
== (PTR
) NULL
)
8613 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
8617 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
8618 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
8619 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
8620 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
8622 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
8624 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
8625 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
8628 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
8629 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->_raw_size
;
8632 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
8633 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
8638 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
;
8639 p
!= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8642 asection
*input_section
;
8644 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
8645 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
8649 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8651 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8656 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8657 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8659 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8660 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
8661 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
) == NULL
)
8663 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
8664 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
8665 want to deal with it. */
8669 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
8670 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
8672 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->_raw_size
);
8674 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
8675 read in the debugging information and set up an
8676 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
8677 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8681 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
8682 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
8683 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
8686 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
8687 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
8688 the linker global hash table and save the information
8689 for the output external symbols. */
8690 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
8691 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
8692 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
8693 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
8695 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
8696 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
8700 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8702 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, (PTR
) eraw_src
, &ext
);
8703 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
8704 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
8705 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
8708 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
8709 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8710 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8711 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
8717 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
8718 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
8724 /* Free up the information we just read. */
8725 free (input_debug
.line
);
8726 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
8727 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
8728 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
8729 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
8730 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
8731 free (input_debug
.ss
);
8732 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
8733 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
8734 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
8735 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
8737 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8738 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8739 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8742 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
8744 /* Create .rtproc section. */
8745 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8746 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
8748 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
8749 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
8751 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8752 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
8753 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, flags
)
8754 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
8758 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
8764 /* Build the external symbol information. */
8767 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
8769 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
8770 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8771 mips_elf_output_extsym
,
8776 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
8777 o
->_raw_size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
8779 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8780 matters, but someday it might). */
8781 o
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8786 if (strncmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
8788 const char *subname
;
8791 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
8794 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
8795 information describing how the small data area would
8796 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
8797 not used in executables files. */
8798 if (! info
->relocateable
)
8800 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
;
8801 p
!= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8804 asection
*input_section
;
8806 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8808 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8813 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8815 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8816 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8817 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8820 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
8821 currently matters, but someday it might). */
8822 o
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8824 /* Really remove the section. */
8825 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
;
8827 secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8829 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8830 --abfd
->section_count
;
8835 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
8836 uninitialized data. */
8837 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
8839 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
8843 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8844 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
8845 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
8846 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
8850 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
8851 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
8852 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
8853 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
8854 case we must change the name of the output section. */
8855 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8856 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
8858 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
8859 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
8861 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
8862 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8863 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
8866 /* Set up the first entry. */
8868 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
8869 tab
= (Elf32_gptab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
8872 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
8873 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
8875 /* Combine the input sections. */
8876 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
;
8877 p
!= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8880 asection
*input_section
;
8884 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
8886 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8888 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8893 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8894 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8896 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
8897 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
8898 sorted by ascending -G value. */
8899 size
= bfd_section_size (input_bfd
, input_section
);
8901 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8903 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
8905 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
8906 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
8912 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
8913 (input_bfd
, input_section
, (PTR
) &ext_gptab
,
8915 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
8921 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
8923 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
8924 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
8927 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
8929 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
8930 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
8932 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
8938 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
8941 /* We need a new table entry. */
8942 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
8943 new_tab
= (Elf32_gptab
*) bfd_realloc ((PTR
) tab
, amt
);
8944 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
8950 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
8951 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
8953 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
8954 value, since that will be implied by this new
8957 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
8959 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
8961 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
8962 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
8966 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
8967 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
8972 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
8975 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8976 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8977 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8980 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
8982 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
8984 /* Swap out the table. */
8985 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8986 ext_tab
= (Elf32_External_gptab
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8987 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
8993 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
8994 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
8997 o
->_raw_size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8998 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
9000 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
9001 matters, but someday it might). */
9002 o
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
9006 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
9007 if (!MNAME(abfd
,bfd_elf
,bfd_final_link
) (abfd
, info
))
9010 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
9012 if (reginfo_sec
!= (asection
*) NULL
)
9014 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
9016 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
9017 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, (PTR
) &ext
,
9019 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof ext
))
9023 if (mdebug_sec
!= (asection
*) NULL
)
9025 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
9026 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
9028 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
9031 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
9034 if (gptab_data_sec
!= (asection
*) NULL
)
9036 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
9037 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
9039 gptab_data_sec
->_raw_size
))
9043 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= (asection
*) NULL
)
9045 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
9046 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
9048 gptab_bss_sec
->_raw_size
))
9052 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
9054 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
9055 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
9057 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
9058 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
9060 rtproc_sec
->_raw_size
))
9068 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
9070 struct mips_mach_extension
{
9071 unsigned long extension
, base
;
9075 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
9076 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
9078 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
9079 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
9080 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
9082 /* MIPS V extensions. */
9083 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
9085 /* R10000 extensions. */
9086 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
9088 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
9089 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
9090 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
9091 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
9092 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
9093 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
9094 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
9096 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
9097 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9098 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9099 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
9101 /* VR4100 extensions. */
9102 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
9103 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
9105 /* MIPS III extensions. */
9106 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9107 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9108 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9109 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9110 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9111 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9112 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
9114 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
9115 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
9117 /* MIPS II extensions. */
9118 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
9119 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
9121 /* MIPS I extensions. */
9122 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
9123 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
9127 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
9130 mips_mach_extends_p (base
, extension
)
9131 unsigned long base
, extension
;
9135 for (i
= 0; extension
!= base
&& i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
9136 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
9137 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
9139 return extension
== base
;
9143 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
9146 mips_32bit_flags_p (flags
)
9149 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
9150 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
9151 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
9152 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
9153 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
9154 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
9155 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
9159 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
9160 object file when linking. */
9163 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
)
9170 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
9173 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
9174 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
9177 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
9178 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9181 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
9182 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9183 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
9185 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
9187 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
9188 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
9189 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9190 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
9192 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
9193 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
)
9195 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
9196 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
9203 /* Check flag compatibility. */
9205 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9206 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9208 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
9209 doesn't seem to matter. */
9210 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
9211 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
9213 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
9216 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
9217 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
9218 actually cause any incompatibility. */
9219 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9221 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
9222 which are automatically generated by gas. */
9223 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
9224 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
9225 && ((!strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
9226 || !strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
9227 || !strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))
9228 && sec
->_raw_size
!= 0))
9230 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
9239 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
9241 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
9242 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
9243 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9244 (_("%s: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
9245 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
9249 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
9251 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
9252 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
9253 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9254 (_("%s: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
9255 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
9259 /* Compare the ISAs. */
9260 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
9262 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9263 (_("%s: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
9264 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
9267 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
9269 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
9270 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
9272 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
9273 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
9274 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
9275 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
9276 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
9277 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
9278 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9280 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
9281 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
9282 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
9283 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
9284 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9285 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9289 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
9290 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9291 (_("%s: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9292 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
),
9293 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
9294 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
9299 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9300 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9302 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
9303 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
9304 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
9305 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9306 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9308 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
9309 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9310 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9311 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9313 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9314 (_("%s: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9315 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
),
9316 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
9317 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
9320 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9321 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9324 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
9325 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
9327 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9329 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9330 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9333 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
9334 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
9336 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9337 (_("%s: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
9338 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
), (unsigned long) new_flags
,
9339 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
9345 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9352 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
9355 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (abfd
, flags
)
9359 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
9360 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
9362 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
9363 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
9368 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
)
9372 FILE *file
= (FILE *) ptr
;
9374 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
9376 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
9377 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
9379 /* xgettext:c-format */
9380 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
9382 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
9383 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
9384 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
9385 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
9386 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
9387 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
9388 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
9389 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
9390 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9391 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
9392 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
9393 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
9394 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
9395 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
9397 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
9399 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
9400 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips1]"));
9401 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
9402 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips2]"));
9403 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
9404 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips3]"));
9405 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
9406 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips4]"));
9407 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
9408 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips5]"));
9409 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
9410 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32]"));
9411 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
9412 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64]"));
9413 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
9414 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32r2]"));
9416 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
9418 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
9419 fprintf (file
, _(" [mdmx]"));
9421 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
9422 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips16]"));
9424 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
9425 fprintf (file
, _(" [32bitmode]"));
9427 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));